See in Reader
1506 lines
401 KiB
Plaintext
1506 lines
401 KiB
Plaintext
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||
JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1-18)<br>2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19-51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2-11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12-19)<br> * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1-11)<br> * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12-19)<br> * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20-36)<br> * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37-50)<br> * Jesus teaches his disciples (13-17)<br> * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1-19:15)<br> * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16-42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1-29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30-31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31).<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53-8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([John 1:1, 14](./01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>When people believes in Jesus, they go from being “children of wrath” to “children of God.” They are adopted into the “family of God.”They are adopted into the “family of God.” This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 1:51](../../jhn/01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 In the beginning This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth.
|
||
JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as **the Word** if possible. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.”
|
||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him You can translate this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him there was every thing made that has been made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 1 3 v4yk figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 You can translate this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men **In him was life** is a metonym for causing everything to live. Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 dpeb figs-metaphor ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **light** here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here, **him** refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for **life**. If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.”
|
||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here, **darkness** is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “the truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “he might show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here **light** is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him”
|
||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him Here, **the world** is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him “He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either”
|
||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 receive him “did not accept him.” To **receive** someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
|
||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as **the Word** if possible. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase **the only begotten** means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase **from the Father** means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father”
|
||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace “full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve”
|
||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later.
|
||
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am “is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have”
|
||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||
JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness Here, **fullness** refers to God’s grace that has no end.
|
||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace “blessing after blessing”
|
||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase **he did not deny** says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? 1 What are you then? “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
|
||
JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 they said to him “the priests and Levites said to John”
|
||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give … us Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said “John said”
|
||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word **voice** here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word **way** is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the **Lamb of God** because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||
JHN 1 32 mcc7 καταβαῖνον 1 descending coming down from above
|
||
JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a **dove** lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven Here, **heaven** refers to the “sky.”
|
||
JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Some copies of this text say **Son of God**; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 35 i3lg τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
|
||
JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the **Lamb of God** because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour “hour 10.” This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
|
||
JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md).
|
||
JHN 1 42 k2dx υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John This is not John the Baptist. **John** was a very common name.
|
||
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him “Nathaniel said to Philip”
|
||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit You can state this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 Because I said to you … do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true.
|
||
JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
|
||
JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 2 1 vw9e τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later Most interpreters read this as on the **third day** after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
|
||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman **Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι? 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me.” or “Woman, you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word **hour** is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||
JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means “to the very top” or “completely full.”
|
||
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
|
||
JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
|
||
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **his glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
|
||
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
|
||
JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word **brothers** includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
|
||
JHN 2 13 bh23 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
|
||
JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
|
||
JHN 2 14 i8lv καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce.
|
||
JHN 2 14 sa75 τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God.
|
||
JHN 2 14 qu9k κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**.
|
||
JHN 2 15 x6et καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple.
|
||
JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace “Stop buying and selling things in my Father’s house”
|
||
JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
|
||
JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 ua3v τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God’s **house**.
|
||
JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word **consume** points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 2 18 qtx1 σημεῖον 1 sign This refers to an event that proves something is true.
|
||
JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple.
|
||
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
JHN 2 19 of4u figs-metaphor λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 You can translate the words **Destroy** and **raise** using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up “I will cause it to stand”
|
||
JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years … three days “46 years … 3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-idiom σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 you will raise it up in three days? Here, **raise** is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 2 20 qb4x figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here, **believed** means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
|
||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word **Now** introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called **signs** because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word **man** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
|
||
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now **Now** is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
|
||
JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
|
||
JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again “born from above” or “born of God”
|
||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι? 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time “again” or “twice”
|
||
JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows
|
||
JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
|
||
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit This could mean: (1) “would be baptized in water and in the Spirit.” (2) “would be born physically and spiritually.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “to experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
|
||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again “You must be born from above”
|
||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the **wind** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι? 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις? 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word **you** is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said **we**, he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
|
||
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you In all three places, **you** is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses **lifted up** the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The **wilderness** is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a light has come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 s1z2 figs-metonymy τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The **world** is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 gh4i figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 plainly seen that his deeds You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||
JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This word means “springs,” as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 3 23 jh2w ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 because there was much water there “because there were many springs in that place”
|
||
JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew You can state this in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words
|
||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, **behold** is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless “Nobody has any power unless”
|
||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here, **heaven** is used as a metonym to refer to God. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 27 f818 figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves **You** is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the **bride** and **bridegroom** are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||
JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase Here, **that one** refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
|
||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all “He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else”
|
||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on **the earth**. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
|
||
JHN 3 32 c5yt ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven”
|
||
JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 3 33 k36d ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony “Anyone who believes what Jesus says”
|
||
JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed “proves” or “agrees”
|
||
JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
|
||
JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him”
|
||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit”
|
||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given … into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes”
|
||
JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun **wrath** can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||
JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.
|
||
JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here.
|
||
JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.”
|
||
JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun **himself** adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was **baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to reorder the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee”
|
||
JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command.
|
||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||
JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word **him** refers to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης? 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with “do not associate with”
|
||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor **living water** to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ? 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob “our ancestor Jacob”
|
||
JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it “drank water that came from this well”
|
||
JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again “will need to drink water again”
|
||
JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word **fountain of water** is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here, **life** refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
|
||
JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir The Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as **Sir** as a term of respect or politeness.
|
||
JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water “get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope
|
||
JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
|
||
JHN 4 19 kfs1 κύριε 1 Sir The Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as **Sir** as a term of respect or politeness.
|
||
JHN 4 19 za2w θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet “I can understand that you are a prophet”
|
||
JHN 4 20 hp3m οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
|
||
JHN 4 21 klz9 πίστευέ μοι 1 Believe me To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
|
||
JHN 4 21 nu5m προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί 1 you will worship the Father A time will come when everyone will worship only God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||
JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||
JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the **Jews** as his special people who will tell all other people about his **salvation**. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for all people will know about God’s salvation because of the Jews”
|
||
JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal **salvation** from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the **Jews**.
|
||
JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
|
||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to worship”
|
||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs. (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
|
||
JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in … truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||
JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah … Christ Both **Messiah** and **Christ** mean “God’s promised king.”
|
||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned “just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
|
||
JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?” This could mean: (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus. (2) no one asked the woman, “What do you want?” or asked Jesus, “Why are you speaking with her?”
|
||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town”
|
||
JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him “the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus”
|
||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal **food**, but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν? 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here, **food** is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s **will**.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say “Is this not one of your popular sayings”
|
||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words **fields** and **white for harvest** are metaphors. The **fields** represent people. The words **white for harvest** mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here, **fruit for eternal life** is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων 1 One sows, and another harvests The words **sowing** and **harvesting** are metaphors. The one who sows shares the message of Jesus. The one who *harvests* helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor “you are now joining in their work”
|
||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To “believe in” someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they **believed** he was the Son of God.
|
||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The **world** is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea
|
||
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
|
||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the **festival** is the Passover.
|
||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||
JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe This statement is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While The word **while** is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun **himself** is used here to emphasize the word **he**. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||
JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 5 1 ea65 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this **After this** refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md).
|
||
JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival “the Jews were celebrating a festival”
|
||
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
|
||
JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
|
||
JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings
|
||
JHN 5 3 ytj4 πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 A large number of the people who were sick “many people who were sick”
|
||
JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants 0 General Information: Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there “was at the Bethesda pool” ([John 5:1](../05/01.md))
|
||
JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized “after he understood” or “when he found out”
|
||
JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “Jesus said to the paralyzed man”
|
||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word **Sir** is a polite form of address.
|
||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me “someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me”
|
||
JHN 5 8 eqe4 ἔγειρε 1 Get up “Stand up!”
|
||
JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk “pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!”
|
||
JHN 5 9 z33x ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man was healed “the man became healthy again”
|
||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 5 10 ja3x ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed The **Jews** (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
|
||
JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath “It is God’s Day of Rest”
|
||
JHN 5 11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy “The man who made me well”
|
||
JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed”
|
||
JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him “Jesus found the man he had healed”
|
||
JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See **Behold** is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
|
||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
|
||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God “saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God”
|
||
JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
|
||
JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son … Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
|
||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to “spiritual life.”
|
||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as … the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life.
|
||
JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man This is an important title that describe the relationship between Jesus and mankind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||
JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this The word **this** refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice “will hear my voice”
|
||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God the Father.
|
||
JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me “There is someone else who tells people about me”
|
||
JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God.
|
||
JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true “what he tells people about me is true”
|
||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man “I do not need people’s testimony”
|
||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here, **lamp** and **light** are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a **lamp** shining its **light** into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
|
||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles **testify** or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “what I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent “you do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you”
|
||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” or “you do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word “the message he spoke to you”
|
||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life “you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
|
||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me “you refuse to believe my message”
|
||
JHN 5 41 c1rx οὐ λαμβάνω 1 receive “I do not accept”
|
||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This could mean: (1) they really did not **love** **God**. (2) they had not really received God’s love.
|
||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 43 ue9f οὐ λαμβάνετέ με 1 receive you do not welcome me as a friend
|
||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word **name** is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε? 1 How can you believe, you who accept praise … God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus.
|
||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope **Moses** here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε? 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “you do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words “what I say”
|
||
JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6:26](../06/26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase **these things** refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
|
||
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that **Jesus** traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus departed by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd “a large number of people”
|
||
JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
|
||
JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5.
|
||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun **himself** makes it clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius.” Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley “five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain.
|
||
JHN 6 9 fjx1 ἄρτους 1 loaves A loaf of **bread** is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round **loaves**.
|
||
JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους? 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 n9ft ἀναπεσεῖν 1 sit down “lie down”
|
||
JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men.
|
||
JHN 6 11 mnw3 εὐχαριστήσας 1 giving thanks Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
|
||
JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it Here, **he** represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 13 y3zz 0 General Information: Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
|
||
JHN 6 13 hqx9 συνήγαγον 1 they gathered “the disciples gathered up”
|
||
JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one had eaten
|
||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign The **sign** was Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with only five barley loaves and two fish.
|
||
JHN 6 14 g8zb ὁ προφήτης 1 the prophet the special **prophet** who Moses said would come into the world
|
||
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
|
||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 19 xx7d ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
|
||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid “Stop being afraid!”
|
||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets **into the boat**. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 22 yy7c τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea “the Sea of Galilee”
|
||
JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 However, there were … the Lord had given thanks Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος 1 boats that came from Tiberias Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some **boats** with people from **Tiberius** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
|
||
JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
|
||
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man … God the Father ** Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
|
||
JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||
JHN 6 32 e6s1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven The **true bread** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 33 rrf5 ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world “giving spiritual life to the world”
|
||
JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with **bread**. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
|
||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me “my Father, who sent me”
|
||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily
|
||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα? 1 Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws “pulls” or “attracts”
|
||
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 46 lcz8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
|
||
JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 47 de5y ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who believes has eternal life God gives **eternal life** to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
|
||
JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 49 uh76 οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors”
|
||
JHN 6 49 mr3u ἀπέθανον 1 died This refers to physical death.
|
||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here, **bread** is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die “live forever.” Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||
JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
|
||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
|
||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν? 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves “you will not receive eternal life”
|
||
JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
|
||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to **raise him up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day “on the day when God judges everyone”
|
||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink The phrases **true food** and **true drink** are metaphors that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of these metaphors more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him “has a close relationship with me”
|
||
JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||
JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father This could refer to: (1) the **Father** who gives life. (2) the Father who is alive.
|
||
JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Here, **bread** is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||
JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers “the forefathers” or “the ancestors”
|
||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν? 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει? 1 Does this offend you? “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
|
||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον? 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen.
|
||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ **words** in [John 6:32-58](./32.md). (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you “What I have told you”
|
||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life This could mean: (1) these things are about the Spirit and eternal life. (2) these things are from the Spirit and give eternal life. (3) these things are about spiritual things and life.
|
||
JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me “to follow me and receive eternal life”
|
||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by **walking**, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here, **his disciples** refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα? 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν? 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 71 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).”
|
||
JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The words **after these things** tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later”
|
||
JHN 7 1 k5yv περιεπάτει 1 traveled The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
|
||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 2 m4ch ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near “Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters”
|
||
JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
|
||
JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word **works** refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself wants The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes that he wants to promote himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers”
|
||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word **time** is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 4 your time is always ready “any time is good for you”
|
||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
|
||
JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
|
||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
|
||
JHN 7 10 jz6l οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These **brothers** were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||
JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word **Jews**is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here, **leads … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
|
||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς? 1 How does this man know so much? The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who sent me “but comes from God, the one who sent me”
|
||
JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him “but when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie”
|
||
JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law “obeys the law”
|
||
JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon “This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!”
|
||
JHN 7 21 b63z ἓν ἔργον 1 one work “one miracle” or “one sign”
|
||
JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel “you all are shocked”
|
||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 dl6z ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath “on the Jewish Day of Rest”
|
||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken “If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses”
|
||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 f437 ἐν Σαββάτῳ -1 on the Sabbath “on the Jewish Day of Rest”
|
||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out “spoke in a loud voice”
|
||
JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί 1 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself “on my own authority.” See how you translated “from himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
|
||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true “God is the one who sent me and he is true”
|
||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word **hour** is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν? 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
|
||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
|
||
JHN 7 33 b4m8 καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God the Father, who sent Jesus.
|
||
JHN 7 34 p7w6 ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 where I go, you will not be able to come “you will not be able to come to the place where I will go”
|
||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 35 ef1y τὴν διασπορὰν 1 the dispersion This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
|
||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said Here, **word** is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is **great** because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
|
||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word **thirst** is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
|
||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow Here, **rivers of living water** is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water This could refer to: (1) **water** that gives life. (2) **water** that causes people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that **the Spirit** would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word **glorified** refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is **the prophet** like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The **scriptures** are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was “where David lived”
|
||
JHN 7 43 lf5r σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
|
||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 7 45 m3rf οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers “the temple guards”
|
||
JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-hyperbole οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος 1 Never has anyone spoken like this The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 7 46 wp9h figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος 1 You may need to make explicit that the officers were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees “Because they said that, the Pharisees”
|
||
JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς 1 answered them “answered the officers”
|
||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
|
||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man unless it first hears from him and knows what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “We do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ? 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 jm59 προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
|
||
JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have 7:53–8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 8 1 mkz2 0 General Information: While some texts have 7:53–8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
|
||
JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-newevent 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the **light** is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **world** is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To **walk in the darkness** is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life Here, **light of life** is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself “You are just saying these things about yourself”
|
||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the **witness** of only one person **is not true** because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 14 x9rf κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Even if I bear witness about myself “Even if I say these things about myself”
|
||
JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh “human standards and the laws of men”
|
||
JHN 8 15 j79i ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one This could mean: (1) Jesus is not judging anyone yet. (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time.
|
||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ 1 if I judge This could mean: (1) “if I judge people.” (2) “whenever I judge people.”
|
||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true “my judgment is right.”
|
||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The **Father** and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
|
||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
|
||
JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself”
|
||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The **Father** also **bears witness** about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 2 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word **hour** is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “will die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
|
||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders said” or “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below “You were born in this world”
|
||
JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above “I came from heaven”
|
||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world “You belong to this world”
|
||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world “I do not belong to this world”
|
||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins “you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
|
||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
|
||
JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
|
||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 x6ca ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
|
||
JHN 8 28 er3s Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus used the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself.
|
||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God.
|
||
JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things “As Jesus spoke these words”
|
||
JHN 8 30 uj29 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 many believed in him “many people trusted him”
|
||
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples “my followers”
|
||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of **he truth** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God”
|
||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word **slave** is a metaphor. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here, **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 mapu figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here, being **free** is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 figs-123person ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 nqcr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
|
||
JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by **your father** Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
|
||
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
|
||
JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God”
|
||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their **father** is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim **God** as their spiritual **Father**. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here, **words** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil “You belong to your father, Satan”
|
||
JHN 8 44 x11i figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 It is understood that here, **it** refers to the act of lying that the devil did. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here, **father** is a metaphor for the one who originates the act of lying. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created lying in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth “because I tell you true things about God”
|
||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth “If I say things that are true”
|
||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here, **words** is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις? 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 see death Here, **see death** is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not ever die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here, **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word “If anyone obeys my teaching”
|
||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 taste death Here, **taste death** is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “he will certainly never die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν? 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς? 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here, **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day Here, **my day** is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
|
||
JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας? 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
|
||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
|
||
JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ? 1 who sinned, this man or his parents … blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We Here, **us** includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day … Night Here, **day** and **Night** are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here, **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva**. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν? 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
|
||
JHN 9 10 m97n πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί? 1 Then how were your eyes opened? “Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?”
|
||
JHN 9 11 a42y ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 smeared it on my eyes “used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md).
|
||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
|
||
JHN 9 14 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Sabbath day “Jewish Day of Rest”
|
||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him “So the Pharisees also asked him”
|
||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν? 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs Here, **signs** is another word for miracles. They give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet “I think he is a prophet”
|
||
JHN 9 18 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders.
|
||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν 1 would confess him to be the Christ “would say that Jesus is the Christ”
|
||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, **they** refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
|
||
JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 9 24 ww3t οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man The man is referring to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 9 25 sr93 ἐκεῖνος 1 that man This refers to the man who had been blind.
|
||
JHN 9 26 z2l2 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
|
||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι? 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? You can state this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that you do not want to become his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 27 rpav figs-irony μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι? 1 The man states this as a question to add irony to his statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου 1 You are his disciple “You are following Jesus!”
|
||
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders refer to Jesus as **this one**, possibly in an effort not to speak his name. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners … listens to him “does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers”
|
||
JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be from God. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς? 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out “they threw him out of the synagogue”
|
||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 σὺ πιστεύεις εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 believe in This means to believe in Jesus as the Son of Man.
|
||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if **the Son of Man** were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world Here, **the world** is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **seeing** and **becoming blind** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 40 d8mm μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? “Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
|
||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would not be guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here, to **see** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
|
||
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||
JHN 10 1 i3tj ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 10 1 xq1f αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
|
||
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-doublet κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber This is the use of two terms with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 10 3 uy2v τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens for him “The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd”
|
||
JHN 10 3 iac4 ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper The **gatekeeper** is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
|
||
JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice “the sheep recognize the shepherd’s voice”
|
||
JHN 10 4 n1ta ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them “he walks in front of them”
|
||
JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 for they know his voice “because they recognize his voice”
|
||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand This could mean: (1) “the disciples did not understand.” (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
|
||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
|
||
JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here, **gate** is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-explicit πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These terms are metaphors. Jesus calls every one of those teachers **a thief and a robber** because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here, **gate** is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word **pasture** means a grassy area where sheep eat.
|
||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-metaphor κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word **they** refers to the sheep, and **life** refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
|
||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
|
||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here, **good shepherd** is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To “lay down” something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The **hired servant** is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the **good shepherd** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the **Father** and God the Son **know** each other unlike anyone else knows them. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here, **other sheep** is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here, **flock** and **shepherd** are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
|
||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε? 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι? 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
|
||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where **Jesus was walking** was actually a courtyard that was outside **the temple** building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch A **porch** is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
|
||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here, **name** is a metonym for the power of God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 bqz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word **hand** is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father Here, **hand** is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are **one**. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “claiming to be God”
|
||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written … gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This could mean: (1) no one can change the scripture. (2) the scripture will always be true.
|
||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι? 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
|
||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father … Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between **God** and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
|
||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 37 vk1v μὴ πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** is to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word **hand** is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the **Jordan** River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true “It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.”
|
||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here, **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 11:50](../../jhn/11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 11:48](../../jhn/11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.
|
||
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair As John introduces **Mary**, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus “asked Jesus to come”
|
||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here, **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||
JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his **sickness**. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical **death**.
|
||
JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ? 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας? 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. Here, **light** is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him This could mean: (1) he cannot see. (2) he does not have God’s light.
|
||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The phrase **wake him out of sleep** is an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
|
||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly “Jesus told them in words that they could understand”
|
||
JHN 11 15 c2wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your benefit”
|
||
JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ 1 that I was not there so that you may believe “that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.”
|
||
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 11 17 p5ya writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away “about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stadium” is **stadia**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother Lazarus was their **brother**. Alternate translation: “about their brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the brother. Alternate translation: “my brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the brother. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again “he will become alive again”
|
||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death.
|
||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** refers to spiritual life.
|
||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever”
|
||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him “Martha said to Jesus”
|
||
JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God … coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the **Christ** (the Messiah), the **Son of God**.
|
||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a title referring to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 11 28 fv8f φωνεῖ σε 1 is calling for you “is asking that you come”
|
||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary bowed down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
|
||
JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary’s brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “my brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 11 35 bj6b ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept “Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying”
|
||
JHN 11 36 b6ee ἐφίλει 1 loved This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ? 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 37 a76u figs-idiom ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 opened the eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 39 lt1d ἤδη ὄζει 1 by this time the body will be decaying “by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking”
|
||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 41 s2dh Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου 1 Father, I thank you that you listened to me Jesus prays directly to the **Father** so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer”
|
||
JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 11 43 ev4z ταῦτα εἰπὼν 1 After he had said this “after Jesus had prayed”
|
||
JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice “he shouted”
|
||
JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen **cloth**. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone having wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word **them** refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
|
||
JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 47 ib61 0 General Information: Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
|
||
JHN 11 47 gz8c οὖν 1 Then The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md).
|
||
JHN 11 47 nhw4 οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Then the chief priests “the leaders among the priests”
|
||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come Here, **the Romans** is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation “will destroy both our temple and our nation”
|
||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce Caiaphas as a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-synecdoche καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes The word **nation** here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that all the people of our nation would perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 50 fvry figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation The word **nation** is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word **people** is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 52 mle1 τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This refers to people who belong to **God** through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s **children**.
|
||
JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
|
||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **walked openly** is a metaphor for “lived where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “lived where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
|
||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “He stayed with his disciples for a short period of time in Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 x6im figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 This question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” Alternate translation: “Do you think that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).
|
||
JHN 12 1 elj4 0 General Information: Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
|
||
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 perfume This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
|
||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 2 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him “the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him”
|
||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. The plural of denarius is **denarii**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν 1 Now he said this … would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief “he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor”
|
||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor** people. Alternate translation: “there will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 11 kjk7 δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
|
||
JHN 12 11 f6mg figs-explicit ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 believed in Jesus This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting **in Jesus** as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
|
||
JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd “a great crowd of people”
|
||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means “May God save us now!”
|
||
JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
|
||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word **name** is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “as the representative of the Lord” or “in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a **donkey**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 b9ry figs-explicit εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 John implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion Here, **daughter of Zion** here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words **these things** refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words **these things** refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||
JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now The word **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 18 eel6 ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον 1 they heard that he had done this sign “they heard others say that he had done this sign”
|
||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 2 this sign A **sign** is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “it looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 19 oraj figs-explicit ὁ κόσμος 1 You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks This phrase marks the introduction of the Greeks as new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-explicit ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John implies that these “Greeks” were going to **worship** God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 21 lr8c Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida This was a town in the province of Galilee.
|
||
JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jesus Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “tell Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
|
||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the **Son of Man** through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, **loving his life** means considering one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who **hating his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης? 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here, **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 28 i2mv figs-euphemism ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
|
||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here, **this world** is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “he said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? This could mean: (1) they are asking, “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking, “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
|
||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God, and **walking in darkness** is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them ‘My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Here, **light** is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God, and **sons of light** is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message. You can state these as a single rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts … understand with their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to **understand with their hearts** means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God “they wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
|
||
JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the phrase **the one having sent** refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
|
||
JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here, **judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “And if anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day “at the time when God judges people’s sins”
|
||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
|
||
JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 a1w4 ἀγαπήσας 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, **his hands** is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
|
||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his **outer clothing** so he would look like a servant.
|
||
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant **to wash the feet** of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
|
||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας? 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “I must wash your feet so that you can have fellowship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 13 8 m90p figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
|
||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here, **been washed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here, **are blessed** means good, beneficial things will happen to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase **eating bread with me** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “The one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
|
||
JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||
JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 troubled was concerned, upset
|
||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 13 22 dhs3 ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?”
|
||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John.
|
||
JHN 13 23 z8ze figs-explicit ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 23 p2ee τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
|
||
JHN 13 23 a58j ἠγάπα 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 13 26 qpj8 writing-background Ἰσκαριώτη 1 Iscariot This may indicate that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him This is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan then took control of him” or “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
|
||
JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly “Do quickly what you are planning to do!”
|
||
JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.”
|
||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν δὲ νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the **night**. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **him** refers to the Son of Man. The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term **Little children** to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
|
||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “just as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of **love** that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω 1 lay down my life “I will give up my life” or “I will die”
|
||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times “you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows”
|
||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
|
||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father’s house are many rooms “There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
|
||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms Here, **rooms** can refer to single rooms, or to larger dwellings.
|
||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus is **going to prepare a place** in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The **you** is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This could be: (1) a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? “how can we know how to get there?”
|
||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This could be: (1) a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε? 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God **the Father**. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα? 1 How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν? 1 Do you not believe … in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
|
||
JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 14 12 gh64 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
|
||
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
|
||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “whom the unbelieving people in this world will never welcome” or “whom those who oppose God will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Here Jesus implies that he **will not leave** his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the **Father** and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
|
||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 20 ht8z ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you “you and I are just like one person”
|
||
JHN 14 21 rw8n ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 3 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love everyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “why will you only let us see how wonderful you are”
|
||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
|
||
JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me “the things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
|
||
JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word “the message”
|
||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world Here, the **world** is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here, the **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler … is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan **is coming** to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener Here, the **gardener** is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here, **Every branch** represents people, and **bearing fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει αὐτό 1 takes away “he cuts it off and takes it away”
|
||
JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ 1 prunes every branch “he trims every branch that bears fruit”
|
||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The words **You** and **you* in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
|
||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
|
||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches Here, the **vine** is a metaphor that represents Jesus, and the **branches** is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “The person who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear **much fruit**, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “that person will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 6 h6cu figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “that you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
|
||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love “Continue to accept my love”
|
||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
|
||
JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you “I have told you everything my Father told me”
|
||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 v3je καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain “that the results of what you do should last forever”
|
||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you ask with my authority, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin “they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||
JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law Here, **word** is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “in order that the prophecy in their law might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 25 rod8 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this happened in order to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law Here, **law** refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
|
||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send … from the Father … the Spirit of truth … he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here, **testifying** means they are telling others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “you also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase **fall away** implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 2 i79b ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
|
||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here, **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning Here, **the beginning** is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||
JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
|
||
JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me “they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me”
|
||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
|
||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
|
||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here, **the ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||
JHN 16 12 g29n ἔτι πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you “additional messages for you” or “more words for you”
|
||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy **Spirit** who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth Here, **truth** refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time “soon” or “before much time passes”
|
||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time “again, before much time passes”
|
||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
|
||
JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ resurrection. (2) Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
|
||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με? 1 Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech “in language that is not clear”
|
||
JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming “it will soon happen”
|
||
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father “I will tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
|
||
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person **loves** Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I came from the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε? 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father is with me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here, **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
|
||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens To “lift up the eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky.
|
||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me and you honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “they have obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them … that they will be one … as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
|
||
JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them”
|
||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “you would protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth You can state clearly the purpose for setting them apart. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth “Your message is true” or “What you say is true”
|
||
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that means the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word “those who will believe in me because they teach about me”
|
||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
|
||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
|
||
JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 23 fld5 ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity “that they may be completely united”
|
||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here, **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 24 hz83 θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory “to see my greatness”
|
||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love … loved This kind of **love** comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley This is a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This **garden** was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
|
||
JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word **he** is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him “the one who was going to hand him over”
|
||
JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 7 uf85 Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||
JHN 18 8 l8as writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 9 zpbq figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 18 11 u2s9 θήκην 1 sheath the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
|
||
JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here, **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here, **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 18 20 ltlp figs-hyperbole ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here the exaggeration **the world** emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong “tell me what I said that was wrong”
|
||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 2 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 26 oka8 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-explicit μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that **Peter** **denied** knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the **rooster crowed**. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained the governor’s palace to they would remain ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, so we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man **to death**. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die “regarding how he would die”
|
||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people “Your fellow Jews”
|
||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) his kingdom is not part of this world. (2) he does not need this world’s permission to rule as their king. (3) it is not from this world that Jesus has authority to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here, **the world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here, **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “I would tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here, **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια? 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
|
||
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
|
||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting **Hail** with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment The **crown** and the **purple** robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
|
||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
|
||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because you have been given that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||
JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **at this** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “was seeking” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
|
||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king “who claims that he is a king”
|
||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ὁ οὖν Πειλᾶτος, ἀκούσας τῶν λόγων τούτων, ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for his soldiers, who brought Jesus out. Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but **The Pavement** was a special stone platform in Jerusalem where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew **Hebrew** was the language that the people of Israel spoke.
|
||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour “It was about noon”
|
||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
|
||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language of the Roman government.
|
||
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
|
||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This refers to John, the writer of this Gospel.
|
||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour “from that very moment”
|
||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 29 drr1 προσήνεγκαν 1 they put The Roman guards did this.
|
||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff “a branch of a plant called hyssop”
|
||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “he bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “he bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to have someone break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a small town in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
|
||
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “since the Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||
JHN 20 1 a8vl τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week “on Sunday”
|
||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as **the other disciple**, rather than including his name.
|
||
JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
|
||
JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
|
||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here, **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
|
||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When John **saw** that the tomb was empty, he **believed** that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word **they** refers to the disciples who did not **understand the scripture** that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again
|
||
JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing **white** clothing. Alternate translation: “she saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her “they asked her”
|
||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord “Because they took away the body of my Lord”
|
||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him “I do not know where they have put his body”
|
||
JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her “Jesus asked her”
|
||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him “tell me where you have put his body”
|
||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word **Rabboni** means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word **brothers** to refer to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples **Mary Magdalene** went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||
JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep back “if you do not forgive another’s sins”
|
||
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas.
|
||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands … into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “this is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here, “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
|
||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This here refers to spiritual life.
|
||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “Some time later”
|
||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive καὶ Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
|
||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in “to pull the net in”
|
||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
|
||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits “90 meters.” A **cubit** was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
|
||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for **love** that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here, **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here, **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun **He** refers to Jesus. Here, **the third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for **love** that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here, **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word **Follow** means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
|
||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here, **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
|
||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him “Jesus said to Peter”
|
||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||
JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
|
||
JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ? 1 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here, **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||
JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple “the disciple John”
|
||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here, **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|